2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**************************************************************************
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** This file is part of Qt Creator
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 11:25:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Copyright (c) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-17 00:01:27 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Commercial Usage
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 14:17:16 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 14:17:16 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 14:17:16 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 14:17:16 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-14 09:30:56 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**************************************************************************/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 15:08:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "cppcodecompletion.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "cppmodelmanager.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "cppdoxygen.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 15:22:57 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "cpptoolsconstants.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-09 13:52:27 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "cpptoolseditorsupport.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <Control.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <AST.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <ASTVisitor.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <CoreTypes.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <Literals.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <Names.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <NameVisitor.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <Symbols.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <SymbolVisitor.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <Scope.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <TranslationUnit.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-09 15:25:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <cplusplus/ResolveExpression.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-22 16:52:27 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <cplusplus/MatchingText.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <cplusplus/Overview.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <cplusplus/ExpressionUnderCursor.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-19 14:14:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <cplusplus/BackwardsScanner.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <cplusplus/LookupContext.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <coreplugin/icore.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 15:22:57 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <coreplugin/mimedatabase.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <coreplugin/editormanager/editormanager.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-10 18:30:09 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <texteditor/completionsettings.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <texteditor/itexteditor.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <texteditor/itexteditable.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <texteditor/basetexteditor.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <projectexplorer/projectexplorer.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-14 17:24:29 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <utils/faketooltip.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <utils/qtcassert.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtCore/QMap>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtCore/QFile>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QAction>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QApplication>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 15:12:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QDesktopWidget>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QLabel>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-14 17:24:29 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QStyle>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-19 15:18:36 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QTextDocument> // Qt::escape()
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QToolButton>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QVBoxLayout>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-12 14:52:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								namespace {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const bool debug = ! qgetenv("CPLUSPLUS_DEBUG").isEmpty();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								using namespace CPlusPlus;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								namespace CppTools {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								namespace Internal {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-28 13:56:10 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								class FunctionArgumentWidget : public QLabel
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Q_OBJECT
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								public:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-28 13:56:10 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    FunctionArgumentWidget();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    void showFunctionHint(QList<Function *> functionSymbols,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 12:06:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                          const LookupContext &context,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                          int startPosition);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								protected:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool eventFilter(QObject *obj, QEvent *e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								private slots:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    void nextPage();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    void previousPage();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								private:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    void updateArgumentHighlight();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    void updateHintText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Function *currentFunction() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    { return m_items.at(m_current); }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int m_startpos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int m_currentarg;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int m_current;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-08 10:26:56 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool m_escapePressed;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditor::ITextEditor *m_editor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QWidget *m_pager;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QLabel *m_numberLabel;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-14 17:24:29 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Utils::FakeToolTip *m_popupFrame;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<Function *> m_items;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 12:06:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    LookupContext m_context;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								};
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								class ConvertToCompletionItem: protected NameVisitor
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // The completion collector.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    CppCodeCompletion *_collector;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // The completion item.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditor::CompletionItem _item;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // The current symbol.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Symbol *_symbol;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // The pretty printer.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Overview overview;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								public:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    ConvertToCompletionItem(CppCodeCompletion *collector)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        : _collector(collector),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          _item(0),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          _symbol(0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    { }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditor::CompletionItem operator()(Symbol *symbol)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (! symbol || ! symbol->name() || symbol->name()->isQualifiedNameId())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        TextEditor::CompletionItem previousItem = switchCompletionItem(0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        Symbol *previousSymbol = switchSymbol(symbol);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        accept(symbol->identity());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (_item)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            _item.data = QVariant::fromValue(symbol);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        (void) switchSymbol(previousSymbol);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return switchCompletionItem(previousItem);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								protected:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Symbol *switchSymbol(Symbol *symbol)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        Symbol *previousSymbol = _symbol;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        _symbol = symbol;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return previousSymbol;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditor::CompletionItem switchCompletionItem(TextEditor::CompletionItem item)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        TextEditor::CompletionItem previousItem = _item;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        _item = item;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return previousItem;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 12:46:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditor::CompletionItem newCompletionItem(const Name *name)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        TextEditor::CompletionItem item(_collector);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        item.text = overview.prettyName(name);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        item.icon = _collector->iconForSymbol(_symbol);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return item;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 12:46:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual void visit(const NameId *name)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    { _item = newCompletionItem(name); }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 12:46:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual void visit(const TemplateNameId *name)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        _item = newCompletionItem(name);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        _item.text = QLatin1String(name->identifier()->chars());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 12:46:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual void visit(const DestructorNameId *name)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    { _item = newCompletionItem(name); }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 12:46:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual void visit(const OperatorNameId *name)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    { _item = newCompletionItem(name); }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 12:46:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual void visit(const ConversionNameId *name)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    { _item = newCompletionItem(name); }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 12:46:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual void visit(const QualifiedNameId *name)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 13:41:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    { _item = newCompletionItem(name->name()); }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								};
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-02 10:31:44 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								struct CompleteFunctionDeclaration
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    explicit CompleteFunctionDeclaration(Function *f = 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        : function(f)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Function *function;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								};
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								} // namespace Internal
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								} // namespace CppTools
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								using namespace CppTools::Internal;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-02 10:31:44 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(CompleteFunctionDeclaration)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-19 15:18:36 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								FunctionArgumentWidget::FunctionArgumentWidget():
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_startpos(-1),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-08 10:26:56 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_current(0),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_escapePressed(false)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-13 15:20:48 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QObject *editorObject = Core::EditorManager::instance()->currentEditor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_editor = qobject_cast<TextEditor::ITextEditor *>(editorObject);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-14 17:24:29 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_popupFrame = new Utils::FakeToolTip(m_editor->widget());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-13 11:05:39 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QToolButton *downArrow = new QToolButton;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    downArrow->setArrowType(Qt::DownArrow);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    downArrow->setFixedSize(16, 16);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    downArrow->setAutoRaise(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-13 11:05:39 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QToolButton *upArrow = new QToolButton;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    upArrow->setArrowType(Qt::UpArrow);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    upArrow->setFixedSize(16, 16);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    upArrow->setAutoRaise(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setParent(m_popupFrame);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setFocusPolicy(Qt::NoFocus);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_pager = new QWidget;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QHBoxLayout *hbox = new QHBoxLayout(m_pager);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hbox->setMargin(0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hbox->setSpacing(0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-13 11:05:39 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hbox->addWidget(upArrow);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_numberLabel = new QLabel;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hbox->addWidget(m_numberLabel);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-13 11:05:39 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hbox->addWidget(downArrow);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QHBoxLayout *layout = new QHBoxLayout;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    layout->setMargin(0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    layout->setSpacing(0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    layout->addWidget(m_pager);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    layout->addWidget(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_popupFrame->setLayout(layout);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-13 11:05:39 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    connect(upArrow, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(previousPage()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    connect(downArrow, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(nextPage()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setTextFormat(Qt::RichText);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    qApp->installEventFilter(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void FunctionArgumentWidget::showFunctionHint(QList<Function *> functionSymbols,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 12:06:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                              const LookupContext &context,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                              int startPosition)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Q_ASSERT(!functionSymbols.isEmpty());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_startpos == startPosition)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_pager->setVisible(functionSymbols.size() > 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 15:11:56 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_items = functionSymbols;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-16 11:20:11 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_context = context;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_startpos = startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_current = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-08 10:26:56 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_escapePressed = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // update the text
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_currentarg = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    updateArgumentHighlight();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_popupFrame->show();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void FunctionArgumentWidget::nextPage()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_current = (m_current + 1) % m_items.size();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    updateHintText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void FunctionArgumentWidget::previousPage()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_current == 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_current = m_items.size() - 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        --m_current;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    updateHintText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void FunctionArgumentWidget::updateArgumentHighlight()
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int curpos = m_editor->position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (curpos < m_startpos) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_popupFrame->close();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString str = m_editor->textAt(m_startpos, curpos - m_startpos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int argnr = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int parcount = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    SimpleLexer tokenize;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-29 17:57:15 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<Token> tokens = tokenize(str);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (int i = 0; i < tokens.count(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-29 17:57:15 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const Token &tk = tokens.at(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (tk.is(T_LPAREN))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ++parcount;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else if (tk.is(T_RPAREN))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            --parcount;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else if (! parcount && tk.is(T_COMMA))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ++argnr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_currentarg != argnr) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_currentarg = argnr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        updateHintText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (parcount < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_popupFrame->close();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool FunctionArgumentWidget::eventFilter(QObject *obj, QEvent *e)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    switch (e->type()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-08 10:26:56 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case QEvent::ShortcutOverride:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(e)->key() == Qt::Key_Escape) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_escapePressed = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case QEvent::KeyPress:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-08 10:26:56 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(e)->key() == Qt::Key_Escape) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_escapePressed = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (m_items.size() > 1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QKeyEvent *ke = static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (ke->key() == Qt::Key_Up) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                previousPage();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            } else if (ke->key() == Qt::Key_Down) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                nextPage();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case QEvent::KeyRelease:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-08 10:26:56 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(e)->key() == Qt::Key_Escape && m_escapePressed) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_popupFrame->close();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        updateArgumentHighlight();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case QEvent::WindowDeactivate:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case QEvent::FocusOut:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (obj != m_editor->widget())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_popupFrame->close();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case QEvent::Wheel: {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QWidget *widget = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(obj);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (! (widget == this || m_popupFrame->isAncestorOf(widget))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                m_popupFrame->close();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void FunctionArgumentWidget::updateHintText()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Overview overview;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    overview.setShowReturnTypes(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    overview.setShowArgumentNames(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-27 17:02:35 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    overview.setMarkedArgument(m_currentarg + 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Function *f = currentFunction();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-27 17:02:35 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QString prettyMethod = overview(f->type(), f->name());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int begin = overview.markedArgumentBegin();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int end = overview.markedArgumentEnd();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString hintText;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hintText += Qt::escape(prettyMethod.left(begin));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hintText += "<b>";
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hintText += Qt::escape(prettyMethod.mid(begin, end - begin));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hintText += "</b>";
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hintText += Qt::escape(prettyMethod.mid(end));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setText(hintText);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_numberLabel->setText(tr("%1 of %2").arg(m_current + 1).arg(m_items.size()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_popupFrame->setFixedWidth(m_popupFrame->minimumSizeHint().width());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 15:12:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QDesktopWidget *desktop = QApplication::desktop();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-03 20:45:49 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 17:11:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QRect screen = desktop->availableGeometry(desktop->screenNumber(m_editor->widget()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 15:12:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#else
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 17:11:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QRect screen = desktop->screenGeometry(desktop->screenNumber(m_editor->widget()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 15:12:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#endif
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QSize sz = m_popupFrame->sizeHint();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPoint pos = m_editor->cursorRect(m_startpos).topLeft();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    pos.setY(pos.y() - sz.height() - 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (pos.x() + sz.width() > screen.right())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        pos.setX(screen.right() - sz.width());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_popupFrame->move(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-28 13:56:10 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								CppCodeCompletion::CppCodeCompletion(CppModelManager *manager)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    : ICompletionCollector(manager),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								      m_manager(manager),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-21 16:51:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								      m_editor(0),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								      m_startPosition(-1),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-14 12:37:49 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								      m_shouldRestartCompletion(false),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								      m_forcedCompletion(false),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 15:22:57 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								      m_completionOperator(T_EOF_SYMBOL),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								      m_objcEnabled(true)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 16:36:33 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QIcon CppCodeCompletion::iconForSymbol(Symbol *symbol) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 16:36:33 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return m_icons.iconForSymbol(symbol);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 13:43:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Searches backwards for an access operator.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								*/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-29 17:47:59 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int startOfOperator(TextEditor::ITextEditable *editor,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                           int pos, unsigned *kind,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                           bool wantFunctionCall)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QChar ch  = pos > -1 ? editor->characterAt(pos - 1) : QChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QChar ch2 = pos >  0 ? editor->characterAt(pos - 2) : QChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QChar ch3 = pos >  1 ? editor->characterAt(pos - 3) : QChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int start = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-20 16:37:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int completionKind = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 13:43:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    switch (ch.toLatin1()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case '.':
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (ch2 != QLatin1Char('.')) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-20 16:37:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            completionKind = T_DOT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 13:43:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            --start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case ',':
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-20 16:37:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        completionKind = T_COMMA;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        --start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 13:43:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case '(':
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (wantFunctionCall) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-20 16:37:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            completionKind = T_LPAREN;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 13:43:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            --start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case ':':
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (ch3 != QLatin1Char(':') && ch2 == QLatin1Char(':')) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-20 16:37:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            completionKind = T_COLON_COLON;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 13:43:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            start -= 2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case '>':
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (ch2 == QLatin1Char('-')) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-20 16:37:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            completionKind = T_ARROW;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 13:43:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            start -= 2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case '*':
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (ch2 == QLatin1Char('.')) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-20 16:37:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            completionKind = T_DOT_STAR;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 13:43:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            start -= 2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else if (ch3 == QLatin1Char('-') && ch2 == QLatin1Char('>')) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-20 16:37:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            completionKind = T_ARROW_STAR;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 13:43:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            start -= 3;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case '\\':
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case '@':
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (ch2.isNull() || ch2.isSpace()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-20 16:37:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            completionKind = T_DOXY_COMMENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 13:43:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            --start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case '<':
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-20 16:37:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        completionKind = T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        --start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 13:43:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case '"':
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-20 16:37:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        completionKind = T_STRING_LITERAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        --start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 13:43:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case '/':
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-20 16:37:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        completionKind = T_SLASH;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        --start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 13:43:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 17:57:49 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case '#':
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        completionKind = T_POUND;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        --start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (start == pos)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditor::BaseTextEditor *edit = qobject_cast<TextEditor::BaseTextEditor *>(editor->widget());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor tc(edit->textCursor());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    tc.setPosition(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Include completion: make sure the quote character is the first one on the line
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-20 16:37:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (completionKind == T_STRING_LITERAL) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor s = tc;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        s.movePosition(QTextCursor::StartOfLine, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QString sel = s.selectedText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (sel.indexOf(QLatin1Char('"')) < sel.length() - 1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-20 16:37:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            completionKind = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            start = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-20 16:37:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (completionKind == T_COMMA) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-29 17:47:59 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        ExpressionUnderCursor expressionUnderCursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-08 15:32:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (expressionUnderCursor.startOfFunctionCall(tc) == -1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-20 16:37:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            completionKind = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-08 15:32:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            start = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-29 17:47:59 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    SimpleLexer tokenize;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    tokenize.setQtMocRunEnabled(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-06 10:57:39 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    tokenize.setObjCEnabled(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-29 17:47:59 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    tokenize.setSkipComments(false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-06 10:57:39 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QList<Token> &tokens = tokenize(tc.block().text(), BackwardsScanner::previousBlockState(tc.block()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int tokenIdx = SimpleLexer::tokenBefore(tokens, qMax(0, tc.positionInBlock() - 1)); // get the token at the left of the cursor
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-05 11:03:52 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const Token tk = (tokenIdx == -1) ? Token() : tokens.at(tokenIdx);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-20 16:37:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (completionKind == T_DOXY_COMMENT && !(tk.is(T_DOXY_COMMENT) || tk.is(T_CPP_DOXY_COMMENT))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        completionKind = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        start = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Don't complete in comments or strings, but still check for include completion
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-20 16:37:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    else if (tk.is(T_COMMENT) || tk.is(T_CPP_COMMENT) ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								             (tk.isLiteral() && (completionKind != T_STRING_LITERAL
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                 && completionKind != T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                 && completionKind != T_SLASH))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        completionKind = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        start = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Include completion: can be triggered by slash, but only in a string
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-20 16:37:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    else if (completionKind == T_SLASH && (tk.isNot(T_STRING_LITERAL) && tk.isNot(T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        completionKind = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        start = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-20 16:37:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    else if (completionKind == T_LPAREN) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-05 11:03:52 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (tokenIdx > 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const Token &previousToken = tokens.at(tokenIdx - 1); // look at the token at the left of T_LPAREN
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            switch (previousToken.kind()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            case T_IDENTIFIER:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            case T_GREATER:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            case T_SIGNAL:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            case T_SLOT:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                break; // good
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                // that's a bad token :)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                completionKind = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                start = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-27 11:12:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Check for include preprocessor directive
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-20 16:37:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    else if (completionKind == T_STRING_LITERAL || completionKind == T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL || completionKind == T_SLASH) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        bool include = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-08 15:59:43 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (tokens.size() >= 3) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (tokens.at(0).is(T_POUND) && tokens.at(1).is(T_IDENTIFIER) && (tokens.at(2).is(T_STRING_LITERAL) ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                                              tokens.at(2).is(T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-29 17:57:15 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                const Token &directiveToken = tokens.at(1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                QString directive = tc.block().text().mid(directiveToken.begin(),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-29 17:47:59 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                          directiveToken.length());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-08 15:59:43 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (directive == QLatin1String("include") ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    directive == QLatin1String("include_next") ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    directive == QLatin1String("import")) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    include = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!include) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-20 16:37:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            completionKind = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            start = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (kind)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-20 16:37:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        *kind = completionKind;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-07 15:56:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCodeCompletion::supportsEditor(TextEditor::ITextEditable *editor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-02 10:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{ return m_manager->isCppEditor(editor); }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-26 11:44:45 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								TextEditor::ITextEditable *CppCodeCompletion::editor() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{ return m_editor; }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int CppCodeCompletion::startPosition() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{ return m_startPosition; }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-14 12:37:49 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCodeCompletion::shouldRestartCompletion()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{ return m_shouldRestartCompletion; }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCodeCompletion::triggersCompletion(TextEditor::ITextEditable *editor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-14 12:37:49 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_editor = editor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int pos = editor->position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-02 15:22:42 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    unsigned token = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-29 17:47:59 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (startOfOperator(editor, pos, &token, /*want function call=*/ true) != pos) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-02 15:22:42 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (token == T_POUND) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-19 14:09:43 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (TextEditor::BaseTextEditor *edit = qobject_cast<TextEditor::BaseTextEditor *>(editor->widget())) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                QTextCursor tc(edit->document());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                tc.setPosition(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-16 17:30:20 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return tc.positionInBlock() == 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-19 14:09:43 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-15 16:05:43 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else if (completionSettings().m_completionTrigger == TextEditor::AutomaticCompletion) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-15 18:22:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // Trigger completion after three characters of a name have been typed, when not editing an existing name
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QChar characterUnderCursor = editor->characterAt(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!characterUnderCursor.isLetterOrNumber()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const int startOfName = findStartOfName(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (pos - startOfName == 3) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                const QChar firstCharacter = editor->characterAt(startOfName);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (firstCharacter.isLetter() || firstCharacter == QLatin1Char('_')) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // Finally check that we're not inside a comment or string (code copied from startOfOperator)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    TextEditor::BaseTextEditor *edit = qobject_cast<TextEditor::BaseTextEditor *>(editor->widget());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    QTextCursor tc(edit->textCursor());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    tc.setPosition(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    SimpleLexer tokenize;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    tokenize.setQtMocRunEnabled(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    tokenize.setObjCEnabled(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    tokenize.setSkipComments(false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    const QList<Token> &tokens = tokenize(tc.block().text(), BackwardsScanner::previousBlockState(tc.block()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    const int tokenIdx = SimpleLexer::tokenBefore(tokens, qMax(0, tc.positionInBlock() - 1));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    const Token tk = (tokenIdx == -1) ? Token() : tokens.at(tokenIdx);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (!tk.isComment() && !tk.isLiteral())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-14 12:37:49 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int CppCodeCompletion::startCompletion(TextEditor::ITextEditable *editor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 14:25:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int index = startCompletionHelper(editor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-27 19:00:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (index != -1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (m_completionOperator != T_EOF_SYMBOL)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 12:51:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            qSort(m_completions.begin(), m_completions.end(), completionItemLessThan);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // always remove duplicates
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_completions = removeDuplicates(m_completions);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-27 19:00:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 14:25:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return index;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-18 12:34:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::completeObjCMsgSend(ClassOrNamespace *binding,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                            bool staticClassAccess)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<Scope*> memberScopes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (Symbol *s, binding->symbols()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (ObjCClass *c = s->asObjCClass())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            memberScopes.append(c->members());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (Scope *scope, memberScopes) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        for (unsigned i = 0; i < scope->symbolCount(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            Symbol *symbol = scope->symbolAt(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (ObjCMethod *method = symbol->type()->asObjCMethodType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (method->isStatic() == staticClassAccess) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    Overview oo;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    const SelectorNameId *selectorName =
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            method->name()->asSelectorNameId();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    QString text;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    QString data;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (selectorName->hasArguments()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        for (unsigned i = 0; i < selectorName->nameCount(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            if (i > 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                text += QLatin1Char(' ');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            Symbol *arg = method->argumentAt(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            text += selectorName->nameAt(i)->identifier()->chars();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            text += QLatin1Char(':');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            text += QChar::ObjectReplacementCharacter;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            text += QLatin1Char('(');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            text += oo(arg->type());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            text += QLatin1Char(')');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            text += oo(arg->name());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            text += QChar::ObjectReplacementCharacter;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        text = selectorName->identifier()->chars();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    data = text;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (!text.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        TextEditor::CompletionItem item(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        item.text = text;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        item.data = QVariant::fromValue(data);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        m_completions.append(item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCodeCompletion::tryObjCCompletion(TextEditor::BaseTextEditor *edit)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Q_ASSERT(edit);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int end = m_editor->position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (m_editor->characterAt(end).isSpace())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        ++end;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_editor->characterAt(end) != QLatin1Char(']'))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor tc(edit->document());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    tc.setPosition(end);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    BackwardsScanner tokens(tc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (tokens[tokens.startToken() - 1].isNot(T_RBRACKET))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int start = tokens.startOfMatchingBrace(tokens.startToken());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (start == tokens.startToken())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int startPos = tokens[start].begin() + tokens.startPosition();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QString expr = m_editor->textAt(startPos, m_editor->position() - startPos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const Snapshot snapshot = m_manager->snapshot();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Document::Ptr thisDocument = snapshot.document(m_editor->file()->fileName());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (! thisDocument)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    typeOfExpression.init(thisDocument, snapshot);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int line = 0, column = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    edit->convertPosition(m_editor->position(), &line, &column);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Scope *scope = thisDocument->scopeAt(line, column);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!scope)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QList<LookupItem> items = typeOfExpression(expr, scope);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    LookupContext lookupContext(thisDocument, snapshot);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const LookupItem &item, items) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        FullySpecifiedType ty = item.type().simplified();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (ty->isPointerType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ty = ty->asPointerType()->elementType().simplified();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (NamedType *namedTy = ty->asNamedType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                ClassOrNamespace *binding = lookupContext.lookupType(namedTy->name(), item.scope());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                completeObjCMsgSend(binding, false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (ObjCClass *clazz = ty->asObjCClassType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                ClassOrNamespace *binding = lookupContext.lookupType(clazz->name(), item.scope());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                completeObjCMsgSend(binding, true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_completions.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_startPosition = m_editor->position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 14:25:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int CppCodeCompletion::startCompletionHelper(TextEditor::ITextEditable *editor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditor::BaseTextEditor *edit = qobject_cast<TextEditor::BaseTextEditor *>(editor->widget());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (! edit)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_editor = editor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-18 12:34:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_objcEnabled) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (tryObjCCompletion(edit))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 15:12:12 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int startOfName = findStartOfName();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_startPosition = startOfName;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_completionOperator = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-26 15:51:14 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int endOfOperator = m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Skip whitespace preceding this position
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-26 15:51:14 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (editor->characterAt(endOfOperator - 1).isSpace())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        --endOfOperator;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-29 17:47:59 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int endOfExpression = startOfOperator(editor, endOfOperator,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-26 15:51:14 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                          &m_completionOperator,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                          /*want function call =*/ true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Core::IFile *file = editor->file();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString fileName = file->fileName();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_completionOperator == T_DOXY_COMMENT) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        for (int i = 1; i < T_DOXY_LAST_TAG; ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            TextEditor::CompletionItem item(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            item.text.append(QString::fromLatin1(doxygenTagSpell(i)));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            item.icon = m_icons.keywordIcon();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_completions.append(item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 17:57:49 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Pre-processor completion
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_completionOperator == T_POUND) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        completePreprocessor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_startPosition = startOfName;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Include completion
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_completionOperator == T_STRING_LITERAL
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        || m_completionOperator == T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        || m_completionOperator == T_SLASH) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor c = edit->textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        c.setPosition(endOfExpression);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (completeInclude(c))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_startPosition = startOfName;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-29 17:47:59 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    ExpressionUnderCursor expressionUnderCursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor tc(edit->document());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_completionOperator == T_COMMA) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        tc.setPosition(endOfExpression);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const int start = expressionUnderCursor.startOfFunctionCall(tc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-08 15:32:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (start == -1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_completionOperator = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-08 15:32:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        endOfExpression = start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_startPosition = start + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_completionOperator = T_LPAREN;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString expression;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-03 18:41:31 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int startOfExpression = editor->position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    tc.setPosition(endOfExpression);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_completionOperator) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        expression = expressionUnderCursor(tc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-03 18:41:31 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        startOfExpression = endOfExpression - expression.length();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (m_completionOperator == T_LPAREN) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (expression.endsWith(QLatin1String("SIGNAL")))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                m_completionOperator = T_SIGNAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            else if (expression.endsWith(QLatin1String("SLOT")))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                m_completionOperator = T_SLOT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-26 15:51:14 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            else if (editor->position() != endOfOperator) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                // We don't want a function completion when the cursor isn't at the opening brace
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                expression.clear();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                m_completionOperator = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 15:12:12 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                m_startPosition = startOfName;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-03 18:41:31 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                startOfExpression = editor->position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-26 15:51:14 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-03 18:41:31 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else if (expression.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        while (startOfExpression > 0 && editor->characterAt(startOfExpression).isSpace())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            --startOfExpression;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-03 18:41:31 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int line = 0, column = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    edit->convertPosition(startOfExpression, &line, &column);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								//    qDebug() << "***** line:" << line << "column:" << column;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								//    qDebug() << "***** expression:" << expression;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return startCompletionInternal(edit, fileName, line, column, expression, endOfExpression);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int CppCodeCompletion::startCompletionInternal(TextEditor::BaseTextEditor *edit,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                               const QString fileName,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                               unsigned line, unsigned column,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                               const QString &expr,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                               int endOfExpression)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString expression = expr.trimmed();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 10:07:58 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const Snapshot snapshot = m_manager->snapshot();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Document::Ptr thisDocument = snapshot.document(fileName);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (! thisDocument)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 12:06:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    typeOfExpression.init(thisDocument, snapshot);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 12:35:20 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Scope *scope = thisDocument->scopeAt(line, column);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Q_ASSERT(scope != 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (expression.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 12:35:20 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (m_completionOperator == T_EOF_SYMBOL || m_completionOperator == T_COLON_COLON) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            (void) typeOfExpression(expression, scope);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            globalCompletion(scope);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (m_completions.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else if (m_completionOperator == T_SIGNAL || m_completionOperator == T_SLOT) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // Apply signal/slot completion on 'this'
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            expression = QLatin1String("this");
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-12 12:53:16 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<LookupItem> results = typeOfExpression(expression, scope, TypeOfExpression::Preprocess);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-12 14:52:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (results.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (m_completionOperator == T_SIGNAL || m_completionOperator == T_SLOT) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (! (expression.isEmpty() || expression == QLatin1String("this"))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                expression = QLatin1String("this");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-12 12:53:16 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                results = typeOfExpression(expression, scope);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 12:12:14 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (results.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 12:12:14 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else if (m_completionOperator == T_LPAREN) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // Find the expression that precedes the current name
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int index = endOfExpression;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            while (m_editor->characterAt(index - 1).isSpace())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                --index;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            index = findStartOfName(index);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QTextCursor tc(edit->document());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            tc.setPosition(index);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 12:22:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-29 17:47:59 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ExpressionUnderCursor expressionUnderCursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 12:22:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const QString baseExpression = expressionUnderCursor(tc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // Resolve the type of this expression
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-17 14:21:46 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const QList<LookupItem> results =
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-12 12:53:16 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    typeOfExpression(baseExpression, scope,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 12:22:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                     TypeOfExpression::Preprocess);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // If it's a class, add completions for the constructors
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-17 14:21:46 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            foreach (const LookupItem &result, results) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (result.type()->isClassType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (completeConstructorOrFunction(results, endOfExpression, true))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // nothing to do.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    switch (m_completionOperator) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case T_LPAREN:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (completeConstructorOrFunction(results, endOfExpression, false))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case T_DOT:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case T_ARROW:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (completeMember(results))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case T_COLON_COLON:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (completeScope(results))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case T_SIGNAL:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (completeSignal(results))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case T_SLOT:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (completeSlot(results))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } // end of switch
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // nothing to do.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 12:35:20 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::globalCompletion(Scope *currentScope)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 12:35:20 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const LookupContext &context = typeOfExpression.context();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_completionOperator == T_COLON_COLON) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        completeNamespace(context.globalNamespace());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<ClassOrNamespace *> usingBindings;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    ClassOrNamespace *currentBinding = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (Scope *scope = currentScope; scope; scope = scope->enclosingScope()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (scope->isBlockScope()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (ClassOrNamespace *binding = context.lookupType(scope->owner())) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                for (unsigned i = 0; i < scope->symbolCount(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    Symbol *member = scope->symbolAt(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (! member->name())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    else if (UsingNamespaceDirective *u = member->asUsingNamespaceDirective()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        if (ClassOrNamespace *b = binding->lookupType(u->name()))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            usingBindings.append(b);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else if (scope->isFunctionScope() || scope->isClassScope() || scope->isNamespaceScope()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            currentBinding = context.lookupType(scope->owner());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 12:35:20 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (Scope *scope = currentScope; scope; scope = scope->enclosingScope()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (scope->isBlockScope()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (unsigned i = 0; i < scope->symbolCount(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                addCompletionItem(scope->symbolAt(i));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else if (scope->isFunctionScope()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            Scope *arguments = scope->owner()->asFunction()->arguments();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (unsigned i = 0; i < arguments->symbolCount(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                addCompletionItem(arguments->symbolAt(i));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-27 19:00:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (; currentBinding; currentBinding = currentBinding->parent()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QList<Symbol *> symbols = currentBinding->symbols();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (! symbols.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (symbols.first()->isNamespace())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                completeNamespace(currentBinding);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            else
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-02 13:59:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                completeClass(currentBinding);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-27 19:00:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (ClassOrNamespace *b, usingBindings)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        completeNamespace(b);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    addKeywords();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    addMacros(context.thisDocument()->fileName(), context.snapshot());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-17 14:21:46 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCodeCompletion::completeConstructorOrFunction(const QList<LookupItem> &results,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-09 10:10:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                      int endOfExpression, bool toolTipOnly)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const LookupContext &context = typeOfExpression.context();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<Function *> functions;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-17 14:21:46 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const LookupItem &result, results) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        FullySpecifiedType exprTy = result.type().simplified();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 11:50:56 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (Class *klass = exprTy->asClassType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 12:46:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const Name *className = klass->name();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-19 12:15:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (! className)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                continue; // nothing to do for anonymoous classes.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 11:50:56 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (unsigned i = 0; i < klass->memberCount(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                Symbol *member = klass->memberAt(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 12:46:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                const Name *memberName = member->name();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-19 12:15:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (! memberName)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue; // skip anonymous member.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                else if (memberName->isQualifiedNameId())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue; // skip
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (Function *funTy = member->type()->asFunctionType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (memberName->isEqualTo(className)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        // it's a ctor.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        functions.append(funTy);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 11:50:56 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-12 11:41:52 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 11:50:56 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-12 11:41:52 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 11:50:56 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (functions.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-17 14:21:46 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (const LookupItem &result, results) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            FullySpecifiedType ty = result.type().simplified();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 11:50:56 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-09 17:44:06 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (Function *fun = ty->asFunctionType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-19 12:15:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (! fun->name())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                else if (! functions.isEmpty() && functions.first()->scope() != fun->scope())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue; // skip fun, it's an hidden declaration.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                bool newOverload = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                foreach (Function *f, functions) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (fun->isEqualTo(f)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        newOverload = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-19 12:15:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (newOverload)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    functions.append(fun);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 12:22:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (functions.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 12:46:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const Name *functionCallOp = context.control()->operatorNameId(OperatorNameId::FunctionCallOp);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-19 12:15:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-17 14:21:46 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (const LookupItem &result, results) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            FullySpecifiedType ty = result.type().simplified();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-12 12:53:16 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            Scope *scope = result.scope();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 12:22:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (NamedType *namedTy = ty->asNamedType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-14 13:44:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (ClassOrNamespace *b = context.lookupType(namedTy->name(), scope)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 12:06:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    foreach (Symbol *overload, b->lookup(functionCallOp)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        FullySpecifiedType overloadTy = overload->type().simplified();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-19 12:15:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 12:06:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        if (Function *funTy = overloadTy->asFunctionType())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            functions.append(funTy);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 12:22:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-09 10:10:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // There are two different kinds of completion we want to provide:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // 1. If this is a function call, we want to pop up a tooltip that shows the user
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // the possible overloads with their argument types and names.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // 2. If this is a function definition, we want to offer autocompletion of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // the function signature.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-19 14:14:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-09 10:10:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // check if function signature autocompletion is appropriate
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (! functions.isEmpty() && ! toolTipOnly) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // function definitions will only happen in class or namespace scope,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // so get the current location's enclosing scope.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-19 14:14:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // get current line and column
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        TextEditor::BaseTextEditor *edit = qobject_cast<TextEditor::BaseTextEditor *>(m_editor->widget());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int lineSigned = 0, columnSigned = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        edit->convertPosition(m_editor->position(), &lineSigned, &columnSigned);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        unsigned line = lineSigned, column = columnSigned;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // find a scope that encloses the current location, starting from the lastVisibileSymbol
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // and moving outwards
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-03 18:41:31 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        Scope *sc = context.thisDocument()->scopeAt(line, column);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-19 14:14:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-09 10:10:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (sc && (sc->isClassScope() || sc->isNamespaceScope())) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-19 14:14:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // It may still be a function call. If the whole line parses as a function
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // declaration, we should be certain that it isn't.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            bool autocompleteSignature = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QTextCursor tc(edit->document());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            tc.setPosition(endOfExpression);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-29 17:47:59 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            BackwardsScanner bs(tc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 10:57:46 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const int startToken = bs.startToken();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const int lineStartToken = bs.startOfLine(startToken);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // make sure the required tokens are actually available
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            bs.LA(startToken - lineStartToken);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QString possibleDecl = bs.mid(lineStartToken).trimmed().append("();");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-19 14:14:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            Document::Ptr doc = Document::create(QLatin1String("<completion>"));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            doc->setSource(possibleDecl.toLatin1());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (doc->parse(Document::ParseDeclaration)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                doc->check();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (SimpleDeclarationAST *sd = doc->translationUnit()->ast()->asSimpleDeclaration()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 17:25:39 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (sd->declarator_list &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        sd->declarator_list && sd->declarator_list->value->postfix_declarator_list
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-10 16:47:16 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        && sd->declarator_list->value->postfix_declarator_list->value->asFunctionDeclarator()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-19 14:14:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        autocompleteSignature = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (autocompleteSignature) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                // set up signature autocompletion
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                foreach (Function *f, functions) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    Overview overview;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    overview.setShowArgumentNames(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 15:43:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    overview.setShowDefaultArguments(false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-19 14:14:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-02 10:31:44 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // gets: "parameter list) cv-spec",
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    QString completion = overview(f->type()).mid(1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    TextEditor::CompletionItem item(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    item.text = completion;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    item.data = QVariant::fromValue(CompleteFunctionDeclaration(f));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    m_completions.append(item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-19 14:14:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-09 10:10:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-19 14:14:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-09 10:10:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (! functions.empty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-19 14:14:28 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // set up function call tooltip
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-19 12:15:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // Recreate if necessary
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!m_functionArgumentWidget)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_functionArgumentWidget = new FunctionArgumentWidget;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-12 11:41:52 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_functionArgumentWidget->showFunctionHint(functions,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                   typeOfExpression.context(),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                   m_startPosition);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCodeCompletion::completeMember(const QList<LookupItem> &baseResults)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const LookupContext &context = typeOfExpression.context();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-07 13:06:21 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								//    if (debug)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								//        qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << __LINE__;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-12 14:52:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 11:08:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (baseResults.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-29 11:53:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-12 12:53:16 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    ResolveExpression resolveExpression(context);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 11:08:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool replacedDotOperator = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-05 15:23:44 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-12 14:52:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (ClassOrNamespace *binding = resolveExpression.baseExpression(baseResults,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                                     m_completionOperator,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                                     &replacedDotOperator)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-07 13:06:21 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								//        if (debug)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								//            qDebug() << "cool we got a binding for the base expression";
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-12 14:52:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (replacedDotOperator && binding) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // Replace . with ->
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int length = m_editor->position() - m_startPosition + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_editor->setCurPos(m_startPosition - 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_editor->replace(length, QLatin1String("->"));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ++m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-12 12:53:16 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-05 15:23:44 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-12 14:52:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (binding)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            completeClass(binding, /*static lookup = */ false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-12 14:52:24 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return ! m_completions.isEmpty();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-04 18:21:35 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-07 13:06:21 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								//    if (debug) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								//        Overview oo;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								//        qDebug() << "hmm, got:" << oo(baseResults.first().type());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								//    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-12 16:04:43 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCodeCompletion::completeScope(const QList<LookupItem> &results)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const LookupContext &context = typeOfExpression.context();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (results.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-01 14:00:07 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const LookupItem &result, results) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-17 14:21:46 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        FullySpecifiedType ty = result.type();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-12 12:53:16 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        Scope *scope = result.scope();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-30 11:35:30 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (NamedType *namedTy = ty->asNamedType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-14 13:44:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (ClassOrNamespace *b = context.lookupType(namedTy->name(), scope)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                completeClass(b);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else if (Class *classTy = ty->asClassType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-14 13:44:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (ClassOrNamespace *b = context.lookupType(classTy)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                completeClass(b);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else if (Namespace *nsTy = ty->asNamespaceType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-14 13:44:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (ClassOrNamespace *b = context.lookupType(nsTy)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                completeNamespace(b);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-18 15:56:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-18 15:56:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return ! m_completions.isEmpty();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-14 14:41:51 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::addKeywords()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-15 12:23:48 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int keywordLimit = T_FIRST_OBJC_AT_KEYWORD;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (objcKeywordsWanted())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        keywordLimit = T_LAST_OBJC_AT_KEYWORD + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-14 14:41:51 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-15 12:23:48 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // keyword completion items.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (int i = T_FIRST_KEYWORD; i < keywordLimit; ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        TextEditor::CompletionItem item(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        item.text = QLatin1String(Token::name(i));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        item.icon = m_icons.keywordIcon();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_completions.append(item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::addMacros(const QString &fileName, const Snapshot &snapshot)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QSet<QString> processed;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 11:09:07 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QSet<QString> definedMacros;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    addMacros_helper(snapshot, fileName, &processed, &definedMacros);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 11:09:07 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const QString ¯oName, definedMacros) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        TextEditor::CompletionItem item(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        item.text = macroName;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        item.icon = m_icons.macroIcon();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_completions.append(item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::addMacros_helper(const Snapshot &snapshot,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 11:09:07 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                         const QString &fileName,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                         QSet<QString> *processed,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                         QSet<QString> *definedMacros)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Document::Ptr doc = snapshot.document(fileName);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 11:09:07 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (! doc || processed->contains(doc->fileName()))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    processed->insert(doc->fileName());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const Document::Include &i, doc->includes()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-11 13:47:15 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        addMacros_helper(snapshot, i.fileName(), processed, definedMacros);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 11:09:07 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const Macro ¯o, doc->definedMacros()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QString macroName = QString::fromUtf8(macro.name().constData(), macro.name().length());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (! macro.isHidden())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            definedMacros->insert(macroName);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            definedMacros->remove(macroName);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::addCompletionItem(Symbol *symbol)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    ConvertToCompletionItem toCompletionItem(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (TextEditor::CompletionItem item = toCompletionItem(symbol))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_completions.append(item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCodeCompletion::completeInclude(const QTextCursor &cursor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString directoryPrefix;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_completionOperator == T_SLASH) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor c = cursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        c.movePosition(QTextCursor::StartOfLine, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QString sel = c.selectedText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int startCharPos = sel.indexOf(QLatin1Char('"'));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (startCharPos == -1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            startCharPos = sel.indexOf(QLatin1Char('<'));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_completionOperator = T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_completionOperator = T_STRING_LITERAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (startCharPos != -1)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            directoryPrefix = sel.mid(startCharPos + 1, sel.length() - 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Make completion for all relevant includes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (ProjectExplorer::Project *project = ProjectExplorer::ProjectExplorerPlugin::instance()->currentProject()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QStringList includePaths = m_manager->projectInfo(project).includePaths;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QString currentFilePath = QFileInfo(m_editor->file()->fileName()).path();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!includePaths.contains(currentFilePath))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            includePaths.append(currentFilePath);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (const QString &includePath, includePaths) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QString realPath = includePath;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (!directoryPrefix.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                realPath += QLatin1Char('/');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                realPath += directoryPrefix;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 13:48:21 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            foreach (const QString &itemText, m_manager->includesInPath(realPath)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                TextEditor::CompletionItem item(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                item.text += itemText;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                // TODO: Icon for include files
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                item.icon = m_icons.keywordIcon();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                m_completions.append(item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-01 17:01:13 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QStringList frameworkPaths = m_manager->projectInfo(project).frameworkPaths;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (const QString &frameworkPath, frameworkPaths) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QString realPath = frameworkPath;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (!directoryPrefix.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                realPath += QLatin1Char('/');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                realPath += directoryPrefix;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                realPath += QLatin1String(".framework/Headers");
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            foreach (const QString &itemText, m_manager->includesInPath(realPath)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                TextEditor::CompletionItem item(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                item.text += itemText;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-01 17:01:13 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                // TODO: Icon for include files
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                item.icon = m_icons.keywordIcon();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-01 17:01:13 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                m_completions.append(item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 13:48:21 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return !m_completions.isEmpty();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-18 17:57:49 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QStringList CppCodeCompletion::preprocessorCompletions
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        = QStringList()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("define")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("error")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("include")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("line")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("pragma")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("undef")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("if")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("ifdef")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("ifndef")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("elif")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("else")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          << QLatin1String("endif")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          ;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::completePreprocessor()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditor::CompletionItem item(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const QString &preprocessorCompletion, preprocessorCompletions) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        item.text = preprocessorCompletion;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_completions.append(item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (objcKeywordsWanted()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        item.text = QLatin1String("import");
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_completions.append(item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::completeNamespace(ClassOrNamespace *b)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QSet<ClassOrNamespace *> bindingsVisited;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<ClassOrNamespace *> bindingsToVisit;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bindingsToVisit.append(b);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (! bindingsToVisit.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        ClassOrNamespace *binding = bindingsToVisit.takeFirst();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (! binding || bindingsVisited.contains(binding))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-08 12:43:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        bindingsVisited.insert(binding);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        bindingsToVisit += binding->usings();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QList<Scope *> scopesToVisit;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QSet<Scope *> scopesVisited;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (Symbol *bb, binding->symbols()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (Namespace *ns = bb->asNamespace())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                scopesToVisit.append(ns->members());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (Enum *e, binding->enums()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            scopesToVisit.append(e->members());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        while (! scopesToVisit.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            Scope *scope = scopesToVisit.takeFirst();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (! scope || scopesVisited.contains(scope))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            scopesVisited.insert(scope);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (Scope::iterator it = scope->firstSymbol(); it != scope->lastSymbol(); ++it) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                Symbol *member = *it;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                addCompletionItem(member);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::completeClass(ClassOrNamespace *b, bool staticLookup)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QSet<ClassOrNamespace *> bindingsVisited;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<ClassOrNamespace *> bindingsToVisit;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bindingsToVisit.append(b);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (! bindingsToVisit.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        ClassOrNamespace *binding = bindingsToVisit.takeFirst();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (! binding || bindingsVisited.contains(binding))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-08 12:43:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        bindingsVisited.insert(binding);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        bindingsToVisit += binding->usings();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QList<Scope *> scopesToVisit;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QSet<Scope *> scopesVisited;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (Symbol *bb, binding->symbols()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (Class *k = bb->asClass())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                scopesToVisit.append(k->members());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (Enum *e, binding->enums())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            scopesToVisit.append(e->members());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        while (! scopesToVisit.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            Scope *scope = scopesToVisit.takeFirst();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (! scope || scopesVisited.contains(scope))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            scopesVisited.insert(scope);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-02 13:59:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            addCompletionItem(scope->owner()); // add a completion item for the injected class name.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 10:59:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (Scope::iterator it = scope->firstSymbol(); it != scope->lastSymbol(); ++it) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                Symbol *member = *it;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (member->isFriend())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                else if (! staticLookup && (member->isTypedef() ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                            member->isEnum()    ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                            member->isClass()))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                addCompletionItem(member);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-17 14:21:46 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCodeCompletion::completeQtMethod(const QList<LookupItem> &results,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                         bool wantSignals)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (results.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const LookupContext &context = typeOfExpression.context();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    ConvertToCompletionItem toCompletionItem(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Overview o;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    o.setShowReturnTypes(false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    o.setShowArgumentNames(false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    o.setShowFunctionSignatures(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QSet<QString> signatures;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-17 14:21:46 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const LookupItem &p, results) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        FullySpecifiedType ty = p.type().simplified();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-30 11:24:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (PointerType *ptrTy = ty->asPointerType())
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 11:38:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ty = ptrTy->elementType().simplified();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            continue; // not a pointer or a reference to a pointer.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        NamedType *namedTy = ty->asNamedType();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (! namedTy) // not a class name.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 16:27:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        ClassOrNamespace *b = context.lookupType(namedTy->name(), p.scope());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 12:06:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (! b)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 15:44:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QList<ClassOrNamespace *>todo;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QSet<ClassOrNamespace *> processed;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QList<Scope *> scopes;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        todo.append(b);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        while (!todo.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ClassOrNamespace *binding = todo.takeLast();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (!processed.contains(binding)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                processed.insert(binding);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 15:44:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                foreach (Symbol *s, binding->symbols())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (Class *clazz = s->asClass())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        scopes.append(clazz->members());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 15:44:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                todo.append(binding->usings());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-06 10:36:11 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 15:44:01 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (Scope *scope, scopes) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (! scope->isClassScope())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (unsigned i = 0; i < scope->symbolCount(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                Symbol *member = scope->symbolAt(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-09 17:44:06 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                Function *fun = member->type()->asFunctionType();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (! fun)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (wantSignals && ! fun->isSignal())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                else if (! wantSignals && ! fun->isSlot())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (TextEditor::CompletionItem item = toCompletionItem(fun)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    unsigned count = fun->argumentCount();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    while (true) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-13 17:55:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        TextEditor::CompletionItem ci = item;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        QString signature;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        signature += overview.prettyName(fun->name());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        signature += QLatin1Char('(');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        for (unsigned i = 0; i < count; ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            Symbol *arg = fun->argumentAt(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            if (i != 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                signature += QLatin1Char(',');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            signature += o.prettyType(arg->type());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        signature += QLatin1Char(')');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        const QByteArray normalized =
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                QMetaObject::normalizedSignature(signature.toLatin1());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        signature = QString::fromLatin1(normalized, normalized.size());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        if (! signatures.contains(signature)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            signatures.insert(signature);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            ci.text = signature; // fix the completion item.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-13 17:55:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            m_completions.append(ci);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        if (count && fun->argumentAt(count - 1)->asArgument()->hasInitializer())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            --count;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return ! m_completions.isEmpty();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::completions(QList<TextEditor::CompletionItem> *completions)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int length = m_editor->position() - m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 12:35:20 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (length < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-26 11:44:45 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QString key = m_editor->textAt(m_startPosition, length);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (length == 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 15:14:50 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        *completions = m_completions;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    else if (length > 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 14:32:39 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        /* Close on the trailing slash for include completion, to enable the slash to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         * trigger a new completion list. */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if ((m_completionOperator == T_STRING_LITERAL ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								             m_completionOperator == T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL) && key.endsWith(QLatin1Char('/')))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (m_completionOperator != T_LPAREN) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 15:14:50 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            filter(m_completions, completions, key);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-09 19:08:14 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else if (m_completionOperator == T_LPAREN ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                   m_completionOperator == T_SIGNAL ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                   m_completionOperator == T_SLOT) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-26 15:14:50 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            foreach (const TextEditor::CompletionItem &item, m_completions) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (item.text.startsWith(key, Qt::CaseInsensitive)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-26 11:44:45 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    completions->append(item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 12:51:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QList<TextEditor::CompletionItem> CppCodeCompletion::removeDuplicates(const QList<TextEditor::CompletionItem> &items)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 12:11:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Remove duplicates
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<TextEditor::CompletionItem> uniquelist;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 12:51:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QSet<QString> processed;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 12:11:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 12:51:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const TextEditor::CompletionItem &item, items) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (! processed.contains(item.text)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            processed.insert(item.text);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 12:11:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            uniquelist.append(item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 12:51:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (Symbol *symbol = qvariant_cast<Symbol *>(item.data)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (Function *funTy = symbol->type()->asFunctionType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (funTy->hasArguments())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        ++uniquelist.back().duplicateCount;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-02 12:11:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return uniquelist;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 12:51:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QList<TextEditor::CompletionItem> CppCodeCompletion::getCompletions()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<TextEditor::CompletionItem> completionItems;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    completions(&completionItems);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return completionItems;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:12:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCodeCompletion::typedCharCompletes(const TextEditor::CompletionItem &item, QChar typedChar)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (item.data.canConvert<QString>()) // snippet
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_completionOperator == T_SIGNAL || m_completionOperator == T_SLOT)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return typedChar == QLatin1Char('(')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                || typedChar == QLatin1Char(',');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_completionOperator == T_STRING_LITERAL || m_completionOperator == T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return typedChar == QLatin1Char('/')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                && item.text.endsWith(QLatin1Char('/'));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (item.data.value<Symbol *>())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return typedChar == QLatin1Char(':')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                || typedChar == QLatin1Char(';')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                || typedChar == QLatin1Char('.')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                || typedChar == QLatin1Char(',')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                || typedChar == QLatin1Char('(');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (item.data.canConvert<CompleteFunctionDeclaration>())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return typedChar == QLatin1Char('(');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::complete(const TextEditor::CompletionItem &item, QChar typedChar)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-14 12:37:49 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_shouldRestartCompletion = false; // Enabled for specific cases
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Symbol *symbol = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-06-18 10:58:11 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (item.data.isValid()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (item.data.canConvert<QString>()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            TextEditor::BaseTextEditor *edit = qobject_cast<TextEditor::BaseTextEditor *>(m_editor->widget());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QTextCursor tc = edit->textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            tc.setPosition(m_startPosition, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            edit->insertCodeSnippet(tc, item.data.toString());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            symbol = item.data.value<Symbol *>();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString toInsert;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 13:48:21 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString extraChars;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int extraLength = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 16:48:14 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int cursorOffset = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-17 12:36:40 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool autoParenthesesEnabled = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_completionOperator == T_SIGNAL || m_completionOperator == T_SLOT) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        toInsert = item.text;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 13:48:21 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        extraChars += QLatin1Char(')');
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:12:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (typedChar == QLatin1Char('(')) // Eat the opening parenthesis
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            typedChar = QChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else if (m_completionOperator == T_STRING_LITERAL || m_completionOperator == T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        toInsert = item.text;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-14 12:37:49 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!toInsert.endsWith(QLatin1Char('/'))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 13:48:21 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            extraChars += QLatin1Char((m_completionOperator == T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL) ? '>' : '"');
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-14 12:37:49 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_shouldRestartCompletion = true;  // Re-trigger for subdirectory
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (typedChar == QLatin1Char('/')) // Eat the slash
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                typedChar = QChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        toInsert = item.text;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        //qDebug() << "current symbol:" << overview.prettyName(symbol->name())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        //<< overview.prettyType(symbol->type());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-10 18:30:09 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const bool autoInsertBrackets = completionSettings().m_autoInsertBrackets;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (autoInsertBrackets && symbol && symbol->type()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-09 17:44:06 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (Function *function = symbol->type()->asFunctionType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                // If the member is a function, automatically place the opening parenthesis,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                // except when it might take template parameters.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 16:43:38 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (! function->hasReturnType() && (function->identity() && !function->identity()->isDestructorNameId())) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // Don't insert any magic, since the user might have just wanted to select the class
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:12:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                } else if (function->templateParameterCount() != 0 && typedChar != QLatin1Char('(')) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // If there are no arguments, then we need the template specification
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (function->argumentCount() == 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-10 12:51:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        extraChars += QLatin1Char('<');
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 14:46:35 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                } else if (! function->isAmbiguous()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-10 18:30:09 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (completionSettings().m_spaceAfterFunctionName)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-17 13:01:56 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        extraChars += QLatin1Char(' ');
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-10 12:51:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    extraChars += QLatin1Char('(');
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:12:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (typedChar == QLatin1Char('('))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        typedChar = QChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 16:48:14 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // If the function doesn't return anything, automatically place the semicolon,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // unless we're doing a scope completion (then it might be function definition).
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:12:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    const QChar characterAtCursor = m_editor->characterAt(m_editor->position());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    bool endWithSemicolon = typedChar == QLatin1Char(';')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            || (function->returnType()->isVoidType() && m_completionOperator != T_COLON_COLON);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    const QChar semicolon = typedChar.isNull() ? QLatin1Char(';') : typedChar;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (endWithSemicolon && characterAtCursor == semicolon) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        endWithSemicolon = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        typedChar = QChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 16:48:14 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // If the function takes no arguments, automatically place the closing parenthesis
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (item.duplicateCount == 0 && ! function->hasArguments()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-10 12:51:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        extraChars += QLatin1Char(')');
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:12:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        if (endWithSemicolon) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            extraChars += semicolon;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            typedChar = QChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 16:48:14 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    } else if (autoParenthesesEnabled) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-22 16:52:27 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        const QChar lookAhead = m_editor->characterAt(m_editor->position() + 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        if (MatchingText::shouldInsertMatchingText(lookAhead)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            extraChars += QLatin1Char(')');
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 16:48:14 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            --cursorOffset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-22 16:52:27 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            if (endWithSemicolon) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:12:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                extraChars += semicolon;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-22 16:52:27 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                --cursorOffset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:12:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                typedChar = QChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-22 16:52:27 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:12:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        // TODO: When an opening parenthesis exists, the "semicolon" should really be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        // inserted after the matching closing parenthesis.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-02 10:31:44 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-10 18:30:09 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (autoInsertBrackets && item.data.canConvert<CompleteFunctionDeclaration>()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:12:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (typedChar == QLatin1Char('('))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                typedChar = QChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-02 10:31:44 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // everything from the closing parenthesis on are extra chars, to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // make sure an auto-inserted ")" gets replaced by ") const" if necessary
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int closingParen = toInsert.lastIndexOf(QLatin1Char(')'));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            extraChars = toInsert.mid(closingParen);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            toInsert.truncate(closingParen);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 13:48:21 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:12:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Append an unhandled typed character, adjusting cursor offset when it had been adjusted before
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!typedChar.isNull()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        extraChars += typedChar;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (cursorOffset != 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            --cursorOffset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-14 12:37:49 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!extraChars.isEmpty() && extraChars.length() + cursorOffset > 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QChar c = extraChars.at(extraChars.length() - 1 + cursorOffset);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (c == QLatin1Char('.') || c == QLatin1Char('('))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_shouldRestartCompletion = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 13:48:21 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Avoid inserting characters that are already there
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (int i = 0; i < extraChars.length(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QChar a = extraChars.at(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QChar b = m_editor->characterAt(m_editor->position() + i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (a == b)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ++extraLength;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 13:48:21 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    toInsert += extraChars;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Insert the remainder of the name
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int length = m_editor->position() - m_startPosition + extraLength;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_editor->setCurPos(m_startPosition);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_editor->replace(length, toInsert);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 16:48:14 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (cursorOffset)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_editor->setCurPos(m_editor->position() + cursorOffset);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCodeCompletion::partiallyComplete(const QList<TextEditor::CompletionItem> &completionItems)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_completionOperator == T_SIGNAL || m_completionOperator == T_SLOT) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else if (completionItems.count() == 1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-09 15:12:44 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        complete(completionItems.first(), QChar());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-10 18:30:09 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else if (m_completionOperator != T_LPAREN) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-26 11:44:45 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return TextEditor::ICompletionCollector::partiallyComplete(completionItems);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::cleanup()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_completions.clear();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-08 13:01:54 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Set empty map in order to avoid referencing old versions of the documents
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // until the next completion
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-05 12:06:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    typeOfExpression.reset();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int CppCodeCompletion::findStartOfName(int pos) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (pos == -1)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        pos = m_editor->position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QChar chr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Skip to the start of a name
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    do {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        chr = m_editor->characterAt(--pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } while (chr.isLetterOrNumber() || chr == QLatin1Char('_'));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return pos + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 15:22:57 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCodeCompletion::objcKeywordsWanted() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!m_objcEnabled)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Core::IFile *file = m_editor->file();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString fileName = file->fileName();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const Core::MimeDatabase *mdb = Core::ICore::instance()->mimeDatabase();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return mdb->findByFile(fileName).type() == CppTools::Constants::OBJECTIVE_CPP_SOURCE_MIMETYPE;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "cppcodecompletion.moc"
							 |